2005-12-15 Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>
[binutils.git] / bfd / elf.c
blob019f72a030e571445a5cf79135be315a0c5f6d60
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 SECTION
24 ELF backends
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
35 #define _SYSCALL32
36 #include "bfd.h"
37 #include "sysdep.h"
38 #include "bfdlink.h"
39 #include "libbfd.h"
40 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
41 #include "elf-bfd.h"
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
46 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
47 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
56 void
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
61 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
62 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
63 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
64 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
65 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
66 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
67 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
72 void
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
75 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
88 void
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
93 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
94 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
99 void
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
110 void
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
115 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
116 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
117 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
118 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
119 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
124 void
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
127 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
138 void
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
143 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
144 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
145 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
146 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
147 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
152 void
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
166 void
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
168 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
171 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
176 void
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
179 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
187 unsigned long
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
190 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
191 unsigned long h = 0;
192 unsigned long g;
193 int ch;
195 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
197 h = (h << 4) + ch;
198 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
200 h ^= g >> 24;
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
203 h ^= g;
206 return h & 0xffffffff;
209 bfd_boolean
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
212 /* This just does initialization. */
213 /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
214 elf_tdata (abfd) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
215 if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
216 return FALSE;
217 /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
218 initialization? */
220 return TRUE;
223 bfd_boolean
224 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
226 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
227 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
230 char *
231 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
233 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
234 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
235 file_ptr offset;
236 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
238 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
239 if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
240 return NULL;
242 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
243 if (shstrtab == NULL)
245 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
246 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
247 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
249 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
250 in case the string table is not terminated. */
251 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
252 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
253 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
254 shstrtab = NULL;
255 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
257 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
259 shstrtab = NULL;
261 else
262 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
263 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
265 return (char *) shstrtab;
268 char *
269 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
270 unsigned int shindex,
271 unsigned int strindex)
273 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
275 if (strindex == 0)
276 return "";
278 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
280 if (hdr->contents == NULL
281 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
282 return NULL;
284 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
286 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
287 (*_bfd_error_handler)
288 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
289 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
290 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
291 ? ".shstrtab"
292 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
293 return "";
296 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
299 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
300 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
301 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
302 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
303 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
305 Elf_Internal_Sym *
306 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
307 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
308 size_t symcount,
309 size_t symoffset,
310 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
311 void *extsym_buf,
312 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
314 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
315 void *alloc_ext;
316 const bfd_byte *esym;
317 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
319 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
321 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
322 size_t extsym_size;
323 bfd_size_type amt;
324 file_ptr pos;
326 if (symcount == 0)
327 return intsym_buf;
329 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
330 shndx_hdr = NULL;
331 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
332 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
334 /* Read the symbols. */
335 alloc_ext = NULL;
336 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
337 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
338 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
339 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
340 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
341 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
343 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
344 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
346 if (extsym_buf == NULL
347 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
348 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
350 intsym_buf = NULL;
351 goto out;
354 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
355 extshndx_buf = NULL;
356 else
358 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
359 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
360 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
362 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
363 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
364 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
366 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
367 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
368 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
370 intsym_buf = NULL;
371 goto out;
375 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
377 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
378 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
379 goto out;
382 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
383 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
384 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
385 isym < isymend;
386 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
387 (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym);
389 out:
390 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
391 free (alloc_ext);
392 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
393 free (alloc_extshndx);
395 return intsym_buf;
398 /* Look up a symbol name. */
399 const char *
400 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
402 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
403 asection *sym_sec)
405 const char *name;
406 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
407 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
409 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
410 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
411 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
412 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
414 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
415 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
418 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
419 if (name == NULL)
420 name = "(null)";
421 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
422 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
424 return name;
427 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
428 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
429 pointers. */
431 typedef union elf_internal_group {
432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
433 unsigned int flags;
434 } Elf_Internal_Group;
436 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
437 signature just a string? */
439 static const char *
440 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
442 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
443 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
444 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
447 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
448 that it is a symbol table section. */
449 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
450 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
451 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
452 return NULL;
454 /* Go read the symbol. */
455 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
456 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
457 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
458 return NULL;
460 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
463 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
465 static bfd_boolean
466 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
468 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
470 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
471 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
472 if (num_group == 0)
474 unsigned int i, shnum;
476 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
477 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
478 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
479 num_group = 0;
480 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
482 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
483 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
484 num_group += 1;
487 if (num_group == 0)
489 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
490 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
492 else
494 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
495 so we can find them quickly. */
496 bfd_size_type amt;
498 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
499 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
500 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
501 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
502 return FALSE;
504 num_group = 0;
505 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
508 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
510 unsigned char *src;
511 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
513 /* Add to list of sections. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
515 num_group += 1;
517 /* Read the raw contents. */
518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
519 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
520 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
521 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
522 if (shdr->contents == NULL
523 || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
524 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
525 != shdr->sh_size))
526 return FALSE;
528 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
529 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
530 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
531 pointers. */
532 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
533 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
534 while (1)
536 unsigned int idx;
538 src -= 4;
539 --dest;
540 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
541 if (src == shdr->contents)
543 dest->flags = idx;
544 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
545 shdr->bfd_section->flags
546 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
547 break;
549 if (idx >= shnum)
551 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
552 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
553 idx = 0;
555 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
562 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
564 unsigned int i;
566 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
569 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
570 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
572 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
573 section is a member. */
574 while (--n_elt != 0)
575 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
577 asection *s = NULL;
579 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
580 other members to see if any others are linked via
581 next_in_group. */
582 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
583 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
584 while (--n_elt != 0)
585 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
586 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
587 break;
588 if (n_elt != 0)
590 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
591 insert current section in circular list. */
592 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
593 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
594 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
596 else
598 const char *gname;
600 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
601 if (gname == NULL)
602 return FALSE;
603 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
605 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
606 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
609 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
610 new member. */
611 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
612 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
614 i = num_group - 1;
615 break;
620 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
622 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
623 abfd, newsect);
625 return TRUE;
628 bfd_boolean
629 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
631 unsigned int i;
632 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
633 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
634 asection *s;
636 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
637 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
639 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
640 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
642 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
643 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
644 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
645 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
646 if (elfsec == 0)
648 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
649 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
650 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
651 bed->link_order_error_handler
652 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
653 abfd, s);
655 else
657 asection *link;
659 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
661 /* PR 1991, 2008:
662 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
663 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
664 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
665 if (link == NULL)
667 (*_bfd_error_handler)
668 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
669 s->owner, s, elfsec);
670 result = FALSE;
673 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
678 /* Process section groups. */
679 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
680 return result;
682 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
684 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
685 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
686 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
688 while (--n_elt != 0)
689 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
690 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
691 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
692 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
693 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
694 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
695 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
696 relocation sections are in section group in input object
697 files. */
698 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
699 else
701 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
702 (*_bfd_error_handler)
703 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
704 abfd,
705 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
706 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
707 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
708 ->e_shstrndx),
709 idx->shdr->sh_name),
710 shdr->bfd_section->name);
711 result = FALSE;
714 return result;
717 bfd_boolean
718 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
720 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
723 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
724 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
726 bfd_boolean
727 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
728 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
729 const char *name,
730 int shindex)
732 asection *newsect;
733 flagword flags;
734 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
736 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
738 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
739 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
740 return TRUE;
743 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
744 if (newsect == NULL)
745 return FALSE;
747 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
748 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
749 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
751 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
752 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
753 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
755 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
757 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
758 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
759 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
760 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
761 return FALSE;
763 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
764 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
765 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
766 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
767 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
768 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
770 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
771 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
772 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
774 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
775 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
776 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
777 flags |= SEC_CODE;
778 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
779 flags |= SEC_DATA;
780 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
782 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
783 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
784 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
785 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
787 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
788 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
789 return FALSE;
790 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
791 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
793 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
795 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
796 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
797 static const struct
799 const char *name;
800 int len;
801 } debug_sections [] =
803 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
804 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
805 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
806 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
807 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
808 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
809 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
810 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
811 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
812 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
813 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
814 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
815 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
816 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
817 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
818 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
821 if (name [0] == '.')
823 int i = name [1] - 'd';
824 if (i >= 0
825 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
826 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
827 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
828 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
829 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
833 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
834 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
835 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
836 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
837 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
838 all but one of the sections. */
839 if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
840 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
841 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
843 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
844 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
845 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
846 return FALSE;
848 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
849 return FALSE;
851 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
853 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
854 unsigned int i;
856 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
857 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
858 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
859 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
860 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
862 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
863 break;
865 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
867 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
868 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
870 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
871 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
872 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
873 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
875 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
876 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
877 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
878 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
879 place special significance on the address 0 and
880 executables need to be able to have a segment which
881 covers this address. */
882 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
883 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
884 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
885 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
886 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
887 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
888 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
890 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
891 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
892 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
893 else
894 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
895 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
896 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
897 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
898 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
899 segment will contain sections with contiguous
900 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
901 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
902 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
904 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
905 offsets whether a section with zero size should
906 be placed at the end of one segment or the
907 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
908 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
909 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
910 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
911 break;
917 return TRUE;
921 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
922 bfd_elf_find_section
924 SYNOPSIS
925 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
927 DESCRIPTION
928 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
929 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
930 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
931 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
932 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
935 struct elf_internal_shdr *
936 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
938 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
939 char *shstrtab;
940 unsigned int max;
941 unsigned int i;
943 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
944 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
946 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
947 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
948 if (shstrtab != NULL)
950 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
951 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
952 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
953 return i_shdrp[i];
956 return 0;
959 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
960 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
961 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
962 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
965 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
966 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
967 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
968 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
969 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
970 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
971 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
972 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
973 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
975 bfd_reloc_status_type
976 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
977 arelent *reloc_entry,
978 asymbol *symbol,
979 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
980 asection *input_section,
981 bfd *output_bfd,
982 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
984 if (output_bfd != NULL
985 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
986 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
987 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
989 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
990 return bfd_reloc_ok;
993 return bfd_reloc_continue;
996 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
998 static void
999 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1000 asection *sec)
1002 BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
1003 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
1006 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1008 bfd_boolean
1009 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1011 bfd *ibfd;
1012 asection *sec;
1014 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1015 return FALSE;
1017 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
1018 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
1019 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
1020 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
1021 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
1023 struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
1025 secdata = elf_section_data (sec);
1026 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd,
1027 &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1028 sec, &secdata->sec_info))
1029 return FALSE;
1030 else if (secdata->sec_info)
1031 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE;
1034 if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL)
1035 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1036 merge_sections_remove_hook);
1037 return TRUE;
1040 void
1041 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1043 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1044 sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
1045 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1046 return;
1048 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
1051 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1052 another. */
1054 bfd_boolean
1055 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1057 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1058 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1059 return TRUE;
1061 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1062 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1063 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1065 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1066 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1067 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1068 return TRUE;
1071 /* Print out the program headers. */
1073 bfd_boolean
1074 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1076 FILE *f = farg;
1077 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1078 asection *s;
1079 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1081 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1082 if (p != NULL)
1084 unsigned int i, c;
1086 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1087 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1088 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1090 const char *pt;
1091 char buf[20];
1093 switch (p->p_type)
1095 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1096 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1097 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1098 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1099 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1100 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1101 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1102 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1103 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1104 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1105 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1106 default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break;
1108 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1109 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1110 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1111 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1112 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1113 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1114 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1115 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1116 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1117 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1118 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1119 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1120 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1121 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1122 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1123 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1124 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1125 fprintf (f, "\n");
1129 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1130 if (s != NULL)
1132 int elfsec;
1133 unsigned long shlink;
1134 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1135 size_t extdynsize;
1136 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1138 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1140 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1141 goto error_return;
1143 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1144 if (elfsec == -1)
1145 goto error_return;
1146 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1148 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1149 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1151 extdyn = dynbuf;
1152 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1153 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1155 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1156 const char *name;
1157 char ab[20];
1158 bfd_boolean stringp;
1160 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1162 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1163 break;
1165 stringp = FALSE;
1166 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1168 default:
1169 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1170 name = ab;
1171 break;
1173 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1174 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1175 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1176 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1177 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1178 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1179 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1180 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1181 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1182 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1183 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1184 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1185 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1186 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1187 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1188 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1189 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1190 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1191 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1192 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1193 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1194 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1195 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1196 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1197 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1198 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1199 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1200 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1201 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1202 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1203 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1204 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1205 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1206 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1207 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1208 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1209 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1210 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1211 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1212 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1213 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1214 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1215 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1216 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1217 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1218 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1219 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1220 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1221 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1222 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1223 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1224 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1225 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1226 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1227 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1228 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1229 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1232 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1233 if (! stringp)
1234 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1235 else
1237 const char *string;
1238 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1240 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1241 if (string == NULL)
1242 goto error_return;
1243 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1245 fprintf (f, "\n");
1248 free (dynbuf);
1249 dynbuf = NULL;
1252 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1253 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1255 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1256 return FALSE;
1259 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1261 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1263 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1264 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1266 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1267 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1268 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1269 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1271 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1273 fprintf (f, "\t");
1274 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1275 a != NULL;
1276 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1277 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1278 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1279 fprintf (f, "\n");
1284 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1286 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1288 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1289 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1291 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1293 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1294 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1295 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1296 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1297 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1298 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1302 return TRUE;
1304 error_return:
1305 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1306 free (dynbuf);
1307 return FALSE;
1310 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1312 void
1313 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1314 void *filep,
1315 asymbol *symbol,
1316 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1318 FILE *file = filep;
1319 switch (how)
1321 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1322 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1323 break;
1324 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1325 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1326 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1327 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1328 break;
1329 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1331 const char *section_name;
1332 const char *name = NULL;
1333 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1334 unsigned char st_other;
1335 bfd_vma val;
1337 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1339 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1340 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1341 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1343 if (name == NULL)
1345 name = symbol->name;
1346 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1349 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1350 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1351 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1352 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1353 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1354 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1355 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1356 else
1357 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1358 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1360 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1361 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1362 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1363 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1365 unsigned int vernum;
1366 const char *version_string;
1368 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1370 if (vernum == 0)
1371 version_string = "";
1372 else if (vernum == 1)
1373 version_string = "Base";
1374 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1375 version_string =
1376 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1377 else
1379 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1381 version_string = "";
1382 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1383 t != NULL;
1384 t = t->vn_nextref)
1386 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1388 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1390 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1392 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1393 break;
1399 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1400 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1401 else
1403 int i;
1405 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1406 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1407 putc (' ', file);
1411 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1412 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1414 switch (st_other)
1416 case 0: break;
1417 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1418 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1419 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1420 default:
1421 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1422 everything hex. */
1423 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1426 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1428 break;
1432 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1434 struct bfd_hash_entry *
1435 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1436 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1437 const char *string)
1439 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1440 subclass. */
1441 if (entry == NULL)
1443 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
1444 if (entry == NULL)
1445 return entry;
1448 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1449 entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1450 if (entry != NULL)
1452 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1453 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
1455 /* Set local fields. */
1456 ret->indx = -1;
1457 ret->dynindx = -1;
1458 ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount;
1459 ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount;
1460 memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)
1461 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)));
1462 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1463 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1464 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1465 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1466 ret->non_elf = 1;
1469 return entry;
1472 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1473 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1475 void
1476 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1477 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1478 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1480 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1482 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1483 symbol which just became indirect. */
1485 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1486 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1487 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1488 dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref;
1489 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1490 dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1492 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1493 return;
1495 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1496 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1497 htab = elf_hash_table (info);
1498 if (ind->got.refcount > htab->init_got_refcount.refcount)
1500 if (dir->got.refcount < 0)
1501 dir->got.refcount = 0;
1502 dir->got.refcount += ind->got.refcount;
1503 ind->got.refcount = htab->init_got_refcount.refcount;
1506 if (ind->plt.refcount > htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount)
1508 if (dir->plt.refcount < 0)
1509 dir->plt.refcount = 0;
1510 dir->plt.refcount += ind->plt.refcount;
1511 ind->plt.refcount = htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount;
1514 if (ind->dynindx != -1)
1516 if (dir->dynindx != -1)
1517 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab->dynstr, dir->dynstr_index);
1518 dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
1519 dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
1520 ind->dynindx = -1;
1521 ind->dynstr_index = 0;
1525 void
1526 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1527 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1528 bfd_boolean force_local)
1530 h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
1531 h->needs_plt = 0;
1532 if (force_local)
1534 h->forced_local = 1;
1535 if (h->dynindx != -1)
1537 h->dynindx = -1;
1538 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1539 h->dynstr_index);
1544 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1546 bfd_boolean
1547 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1548 (struct elf_link_hash_table *table,
1549 bfd *abfd,
1550 struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
1551 struct bfd_hash_table *,
1552 const char *))
1554 bfd_boolean ret;
1555 int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
1557 table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
1558 table->dynobj = NULL;
1559 table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1560 table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1561 table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1562 table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1563 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1564 table->dynsymcount = 1;
1565 table->dynstr = NULL;
1566 table->bucketcount = 0;
1567 table->needed = NULL;
1568 table->hgot = NULL;
1569 table->merge_info = NULL;
1570 memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info));
1571 memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
1572 table->dynlocal = NULL;
1573 table->runpath = NULL;
1574 table->tls_sec = NULL;
1575 table->tls_size = 0;
1576 table->loaded = NULL;
1577 table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE;
1579 ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
1580 table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
1582 return ret;
1585 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1587 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1588 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1590 struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
1591 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
1593 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
1594 if (ret == NULL)
1595 return NULL;
1597 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
1599 free (ret);
1600 return NULL;
1603 return &ret->root;
1606 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1607 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1608 entry for a dynamic object. */
1610 void
1611 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
1613 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1614 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1615 elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
1619 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd)
1621 int lib_class;
1622 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1623 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1624 lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd);
1625 else
1626 lib_class = 0;
1627 return lib_class;
1630 void
1631 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class)
1633 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1634 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1635 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class;
1638 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1639 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1641 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1642 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1643 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1645 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1646 return NULL;
1647 return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
1650 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1651 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1653 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1654 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1655 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1657 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1658 return NULL;
1659 return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
1662 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1663 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1664 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1666 const char *
1667 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd)
1669 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1670 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1671 return elf_dt_name (abfd);
1672 return NULL;
1675 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1676 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1678 bfd_boolean
1679 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd,
1680 struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded)
1682 asection *s;
1683 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1684 int elfsec;
1685 unsigned long shlink;
1686 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1687 size_t extdynsize;
1688 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1690 *pneeded = NULL;
1692 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1693 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
1694 return TRUE;
1696 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1697 if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
1698 return TRUE;
1700 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1701 goto error_return;
1703 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1704 if (elfsec == -1)
1705 goto error_return;
1707 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1709 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1710 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1712 extdyn = dynbuf;
1713 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1714 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1716 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1718 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1720 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1721 break;
1723 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
1725 const char *string;
1726 struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
1727 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1728 bfd_size_type amt;
1730 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1731 if (string == NULL)
1732 goto error_return;
1734 amt = sizeof *l;
1735 l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1736 if (l == NULL)
1737 goto error_return;
1739 l->by = abfd;
1740 l->name = string;
1741 l->next = *pneeded;
1742 *pneeded = l;
1746 free (dynbuf);
1748 return TRUE;
1750 error_return:
1751 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1752 free (dynbuf);
1753 return FALSE;
1756 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1758 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1759 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1761 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1763 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1764 if (ret != NULL)
1766 bfd_size_type loc;
1768 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1769 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1770 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1772 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1773 ret = NULL;
1776 return ret;
1779 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1781 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1783 bfd_boolean
1784 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1786 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1787 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1788 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1789 const char *name;
1791 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1792 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1793 hdr->sh_name);
1794 if (name == NULL)
1795 return FALSE;
1797 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1799 case SHT_NULL:
1800 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1801 return TRUE;
1803 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1804 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1805 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1806 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1807 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1808 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1809 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1810 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1811 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1813 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1814 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1815 return FALSE;
1816 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1817 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1818 return FALSE;
1819 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1821 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1823 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1824 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1825 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1826 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1828 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1829 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1831 else
1833 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1835 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1836 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1838 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1839 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1841 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1842 break;
1847 break;
1849 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1850 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1851 return TRUE;
1853 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1854 return FALSE;
1855 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1856 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1857 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1858 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1859 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1861 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1862 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1863 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1864 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1865 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1866 linker. */
1867 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1868 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1869 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1870 shindex))
1871 return FALSE;
1873 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1874 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1875 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1876 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1878 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1880 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1881 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1883 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1884 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1885 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1886 break;
1888 if (i == num_sec)
1889 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1891 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1892 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1893 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1894 break;
1896 if (i != shindex)
1897 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1899 return TRUE;
1901 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1902 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1903 return TRUE;
1905 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1906 return FALSE;
1907 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1908 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1909 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1910 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1911 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1913 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1914 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1915 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1917 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1918 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1919 return TRUE;
1921 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1922 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1923 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1924 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1925 return TRUE;
1927 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1928 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1929 return TRUE;
1930 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1932 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1933 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1934 return TRUE;
1936 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1938 symtab_strtab:
1939 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1940 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1941 return TRUE;
1943 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1945 dynsymtab_strtab:
1946 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1947 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1948 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1949 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1950 can handle it. */
1951 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1952 shindex);
1955 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1956 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1957 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1958 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1960 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1962 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1963 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1965 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1966 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1968 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1969 if (i == shindex)
1970 return FALSE;
1971 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1972 return FALSE;
1973 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1974 goto symtab_strtab;
1975 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1976 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1980 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1982 case SHT_REL:
1983 case SHT_RELA:
1984 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1986 asection *target_sect;
1987 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1988 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1990 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1991 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1992 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1993 return FALSE;
1995 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1996 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1997 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1999 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
2000 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2001 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
2002 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2003 shindex);
2006 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2007 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2008 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2009 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2010 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2011 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2012 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2013 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2014 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2016 unsigned int scan;
2017 int found;
2019 found = 0;
2020 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2022 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2023 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2025 if (found != 0)
2027 found = 0;
2028 break;
2030 found = scan;
2033 if (found != 0)
2034 hdr->sh_link = found;
2037 /* Get the symbol table. */
2038 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2039 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2040 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2041 return FALSE;
2043 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2044 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2045 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2046 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2047 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2048 section. */
2049 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF)
2050 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2051 shindex);
2053 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2054 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2055 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2056 return FALSE;
2057 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2058 return FALSE;
2059 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2060 if (target_sect == NULL)
2061 return FALSE;
2063 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
2064 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
2065 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
2066 else
2068 bfd_size_type amt;
2069 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
2070 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2071 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2072 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
2074 *hdr2 = *hdr;
2075 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2076 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2077 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2078 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2079 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2080 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2081 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2082 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2083 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
2084 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2085 return TRUE;
2087 break;
2089 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2090 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2091 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2092 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2093 break;
2095 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2096 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2097 return FALSE;
2098 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2099 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2100 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2101 break;
2103 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2104 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2105 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2106 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2107 break;
2109 case SHT_SHLIB:
2110 return TRUE;
2112 case SHT_GROUP:
2113 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2114 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2115 name. */
2116 if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)
2117 return FALSE;
2118 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
2119 if (name == NULL)
2120 return FALSE;
2121 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2122 return FALSE;
2123 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2125 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2126 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
2127 asection *s;
2129 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2130 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2131 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2133 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2134 idx += n_elt;
2135 while (--n_elt != 0)
2136 if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2137 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2139 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2140 break;
2143 break;
2145 default:
2146 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2147 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2148 shindex);
2151 return TRUE;
2154 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2155 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2157 asection *
2158 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
2159 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
2160 asection *sec,
2161 unsigned long r_symndx)
2163 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2164 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2165 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2166 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
2167 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2169 if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
2170 return cache->sec[ent];
2172 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2173 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2174 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2175 return NULL;
2177 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2179 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2180 cache->abfd = abfd;
2182 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2183 cache->sec[ent] = sec;
2184 if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
2185 || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
2187 asection *s;
2188 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
2189 if (s != NULL)
2190 cache->sec[ent] = s;
2192 return cache->sec[ent];
2195 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2196 section. */
2198 asection *
2199 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
2201 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2202 return NULL;
2203 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2206 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2208 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2209 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2212 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2214 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2215 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2218 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2220 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2221 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2222 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2223 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2224 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2225 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2226 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2227 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2228 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2229 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2230 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2233 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2235 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2236 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2237 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2240 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2242 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2243 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2244 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2245 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2246 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2247 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2248 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2249 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2252 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2254 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2255 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2258 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2260 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2261 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2262 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2263 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2266 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2268 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2269 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2272 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2274 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2275 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2276 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2279 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2281 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2282 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2283 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2286 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2288 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2289 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2290 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2291 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2292 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2295 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2297 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2298 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2299 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2300 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2301 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2304 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2306 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2307 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2308 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2309 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2312 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2314 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2315 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2316 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2317 NULL, /* 'e' */
2318 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2319 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2320 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2321 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2322 NULL, /* 'j' */
2323 NULL, /* 'k' */
2324 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2325 NULL, /* 'm' */
2326 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2327 NULL, /* 'o' */
2328 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2329 NULL, /* 'q' */
2330 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2331 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2332 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2335 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2336 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2337 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2338 unsigned int rela)
2340 int i;
2341 int len;
2343 len = strlen (name);
2345 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2347 int suffix_len;
2348 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2350 if (len < prefix_len)
2351 continue;
2352 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2353 continue;
2355 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2356 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2358 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2360 if (suffix_len == 0)
2361 continue;
2362 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2363 && (suffix_len == -2
2364 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2365 continue;
2368 else
2370 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2371 continue;
2372 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2373 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2374 suffix_len) != 0)
2375 continue;
2377 return &spec[i];
2380 return NULL;
2383 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2384 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2386 int i;
2387 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2388 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2390 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2391 if (sec->name == NULL)
2392 return NULL;
2394 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2395 spec = bed->special_sections;
2396 if (spec)
2398 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2399 bed->special_sections,
2400 sec->use_rela_p);
2401 if (spec != NULL)
2402 return spec;
2405 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2406 return NULL;
2408 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2409 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2410 return NULL;
2412 spec = special_sections[i];
2414 if (spec == NULL)
2415 return NULL;
2417 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2420 bfd_boolean
2421 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2423 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2424 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2425 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2427 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2428 if (sdata == NULL)
2430 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2431 if (sdata == NULL)
2432 return FALSE;
2433 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2436 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2437 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2438 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2440 /* When we read a file, we don't need section type and flags unless
2441 it is a linker created section. They will be overridden in
2442 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. */
2443 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2444 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2446 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2447 if (ssect != NULL)
2449 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2450 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2454 return TRUE;
2457 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2459 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2460 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2461 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2462 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2464 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2465 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2466 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2467 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2468 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2469 of combined data+bss.
2471 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2472 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2473 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2474 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2475 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2479 bfd_boolean
2480 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2481 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2482 int index,
2483 const char *typename)
2485 asection *newsect;
2486 char *name;
2487 char namebuf[64];
2488 size_t len;
2489 int split;
2491 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2492 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2493 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2494 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2495 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2496 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2497 if (!name)
2498 return FALSE;
2499 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2500 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2501 if (newsect == NULL)
2502 return FALSE;
2503 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2504 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2505 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2506 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2507 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2508 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2509 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2511 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2512 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2513 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2515 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2516 may be data. */
2517 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2520 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2522 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2525 if (split)
2527 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
2528 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2529 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2530 if (!name)
2531 return FALSE;
2532 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2533 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2534 if (newsect == NULL)
2535 return FALSE;
2536 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2537 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2538 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2539 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2541 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2542 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2543 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2545 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2546 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2549 return TRUE;
2552 bfd_boolean
2553 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2555 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2557 switch (hdr->p_type)
2559 case PT_NULL:
2560 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2562 case PT_LOAD:
2563 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2565 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2566 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2568 case PT_INTERP:
2569 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2571 case PT_NOTE:
2572 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2573 return FALSE;
2574 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2575 return FALSE;
2576 return TRUE;
2578 case PT_SHLIB:
2579 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2581 case PT_PHDR:
2582 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2584 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2585 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2586 "eh_frame_hdr");
2588 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2589 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2591 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2592 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2594 default:
2595 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2596 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2597 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2601 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2602 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2603 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2605 bfd_boolean
2606 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2607 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2608 asection *asect,
2609 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2611 char *name;
2612 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2613 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2615 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2616 if (name == NULL)
2617 return FALSE;
2618 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2619 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2620 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2621 FALSE);
2622 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2623 return FALSE;
2624 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2625 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2626 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2627 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2628 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2629 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2630 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2631 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2632 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2634 return TRUE;
2637 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2639 static void
2640 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2642 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2643 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2644 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2646 if (*failedptr)
2648 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2649 loop. */
2650 return;
2653 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2655 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2656 asect->name, FALSE);
2657 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2659 *failedptr = TRUE;
2660 return;
2663 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2665 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2666 || asect->user_set_vma)
2667 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2668 else
2669 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2671 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2672 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2673 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2674 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2675 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2676 copy_private_section_data. */
2678 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2679 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2681 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2682 asect->flags. */
2683 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2685 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2686 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2687 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2688 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2689 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2690 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2691 else
2692 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2695 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2697 default:
2698 break;
2700 case SHT_STRTAB:
2701 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2702 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2703 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2704 case SHT_NOTE:
2705 case SHT_NOBITS:
2706 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2707 break;
2709 case SHT_HASH:
2710 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2711 break;
2713 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2714 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2715 break;
2717 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2718 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2719 break;
2721 case SHT_RELA:
2722 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2723 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2724 break;
2726 case SHT_REL:
2727 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2728 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2729 break;
2731 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2732 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2733 break;
2735 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2736 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2737 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2738 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2739 zero. */
2740 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2741 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2742 else
2743 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2744 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2745 break;
2747 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2748 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2749 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2750 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2751 zero. */
2752 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2753 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2754 else
2755 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2756 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2757 break;
2759 case SHT_GROUP:
2760 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
2761 break;
2764 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2765 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2766 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2767 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2768 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2769 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2770 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2772 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2773 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2774 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2775 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2777 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2778 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2779 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2781 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2782 if (asect->size == 0
2783 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2785 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2787 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2788 if (o != NULL)
2790 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2791 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2792 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2797 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2798 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2799 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2800 *failedptr = TRUE;
2802 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2803 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2804 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2805 create the other. */
2806 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2807 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2808 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2809 asect,
2810 asect->use_rela_p))
2811 *failedptr = TRUE;
2814 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2816 void
2817 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2819 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2820 unsigned long symindx;
2821 asection *elt, *first;
2822 unsigned char *loc;
2823 bfd_boolean gas;
2825 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2826 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2827 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2828 || *failedptr)
2829 return;
2831 symindx = 0;
2832 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2833 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2835 if (symindx == 0)
2837 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2838 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2839 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2840 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2841 else
2842 symindx = sec->target_index;
2844 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2846 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2847 gas = TRUE;
2848 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2850 gas = FALSE;
2851 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2853 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2854 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2855 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2857 *failedptr = TRUE;
2858 return;
2862 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2864 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2865 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2866 start of the input section group. */
2867 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2869 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2870 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2871 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2872 directives, not that it matters. */
2873 while (elt != NULL)
2875 asection *s;
2876 unsigned int idx;
2878 loc -= 4;
2879 s = elt;
2880 if (!gas)
2881 s = s->output_section;
2882 idx = 0;
2883 if (s != NULL)
2884 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2885 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2886 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2887 if (elt == first)
2888 break;
2891 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2892 abort ();
2894 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2897 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2898 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2899 in here too, while we're at it. */
2901 static bfd_boolean
2902 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2904 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2905 asection *sec;
2906 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2907 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2908 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2910 section_number = 1;
2912 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2914 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2915 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2917 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2918 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2920 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2922 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2924 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2926 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2927 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2928 abfd->section_count--;
2930 else
2932 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2933 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2934 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2940 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2942 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2944 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2946 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2947 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2948 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2950 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2951 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2952 d->rel_idx = 0;
2953 else
2955 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2956 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2957 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2958 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2961 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2963 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2964 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2965 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2966 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2968 else
2969 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2972 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2973 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2974 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2975 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2976 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2978 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2980 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2981 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2982 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2983 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2984 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2986 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2987 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2988 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2989 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2990 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2991 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2992 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2993 return FALSE;
2995 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2996 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2997 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2998 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3001 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3002 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3004 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3005 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3006 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
3007 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3009 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3010 indices. */
3011 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3012 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3013 return FALSE;
3015 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3016 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3018 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3019 return FALSE;
3022 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3024 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3025 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3027 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3028 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
3030 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3031 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3033 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3034 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3037 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3039 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
3040 asection *s;
3041 const char *name;
3043 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3044 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3045 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
3046 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3047 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
3049 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3051 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3052 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3053 the relocation entries apply. */
3054 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3056 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3057 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
3059 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3061 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3062 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3065 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3066 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3068 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3069 if (s)
3071 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3072 if (link_info != NULL)
3074 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3075 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
3077 asection *kept;
3078 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3079 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3080 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3081 s, s->owner);
3082 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3083 size as the discarded one. */
3084 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s);
3085 if (kept == NULL)
3087 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3088 return FALSE;
3090 s = kept;
3093 s = s->output_section;
3094 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3096 else
3098 /* Handle objcopy. */
3099 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3101 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3102 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3103 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3104 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3105 return FALSE;
3107 s = s->output_section;
3109 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3111 else
3113 /* PR 290:
3114 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3115 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3116 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3117 where s is NULL. */
3118 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3119 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3120 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3121 bed->link_order_error_handler
3122 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3123 abfd, sec);
3127 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3129 case SHT_REL:
3130 case SHT_RELA:
3131 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3132 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3133 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3134 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3135 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3136 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3137 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3138 if (s != NULL)
3139 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3141 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3142 name = sec->name;
3143 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3144 name += 4;
3145 else
3146 name += 5;
3147 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3148 if (s != NULL)
3149 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3150 break;
3152 case SHT_STRTAB:
3153 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3154 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3155 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3156 field to point to this section. */
3157 if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3158 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3160 size_t len;
3161 char *alc;
3163 len = strlen (sec->name);
3164 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3165 if (alc == NULL)
3166 return FALSE;
3167 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3168 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3169 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3170 free (alc);
3171 if (s != NULL)
3173 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3175 /* This is a .stab section. */
3176 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3177 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3178 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3181 break;
3183 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3184 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3185 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3186 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3187 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3188 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3189 version strings. */
3190 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3191 if (s != NULL)
3192 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3193 break;
3195 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3196 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3197 list
3198 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3199 version strings. */
3200 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3201 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3202 if (s != NULL)
3203 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3204 break;
3206 case SHT_HASH:
3207 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3208 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3209 this hash table or version table is for. */
3210 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3211 if (s != NULL)
3212 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3213 break;
3215 case SHT_GROUP:
3216 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3220 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3221 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3222 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3223 else
3224 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3225 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3226 return TRUE;
3229 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3230 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3232 static int
3233 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3235 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3236 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3237 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3238 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3240 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3241 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3242 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3245 static bfd_boolean
3246 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3248 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3249 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3250 asymbol **sect_syms;
3251 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3252 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3253 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3254 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3255 int max_index = 0;
3256 unsigned int idx;
3257 asection *asect;
3258 asymbol **new_syms;
3260 #ifdef DEBUG
3261 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3262 fflush (stderr);
3263 #endif
3265 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3267 if (max_index < asect->index)
3268 max_index = asect->index;
3271 max_index++;
3272 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3273 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3274 return FALSE;
3275 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3276 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3278 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3279 decided to output. */
3280 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3282 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3284 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3285 && sym->value == 0)
3287 asection *sec;
3289 sec = sym->section;
3291 if (sec->owner != NULL)
3293 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3295 if (sec->output_offset != 0)
3296 continue;
3298 sec = sec->output_section;
3300 /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
3301 section symbol created for them. (See the comment
3302 near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
3303 linker.c). If the linker script discards such
3304 sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
3305 that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
3306 the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
3307 To reproduce this particular case try running the
3308 linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
3309 port that uses the generic linker. */
3310 if (sec->owner == NULL)
3311 continue;
3313 BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
3315 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3320 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3321 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3323 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3324 num_locals++;
3325 else
3326 num_globals++;
3329 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
3330 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3331 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3332 at least in that case. */
3333 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3335 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3337 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3338 num_locals++;
3339 else
3340 num_globals++;
3344 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3345 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3347 if (new_syms == NULL)
3348 return FALSE;
3350 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3352 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3353 unsigned int i;
3355 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3356 i = num_locals2++;
3357 else
3358 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3359 new_syms[i] = sym;
3360 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3362 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3364 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3366 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3367 unsigned int i;
3369 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3370 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3371 i = num_locals2++;
3372 else
3373 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3374 new_syms[i] = sym;
3375 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3379 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3381 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3382 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3383 return TRUE;
3386 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3387 ELF data structure. */
3389 static inline file_ptr
3390 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3392 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3395 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3396 required section alignment. */
3398 file_ptr
3399 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3400 file_ptr offset,
3401 bfd_boolean align)
3403 if (align)
3405 unsigned int al;
3407 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3408 if (al > 1)
3409 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3411 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3412 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3413 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3414 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3415 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3416 return offset;
3419 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3420 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3421 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3423 bfd_boolean
3424 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3425 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3427 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3428 bfd_boolean failed;
3429 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3430 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3432 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3433 return TRUE;
3435 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3436 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3437 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3439 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3440 return FALSE;
3442 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3443 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3444 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3446 failed = FALSE;
3447 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3448 if (failed)
3449 return FALSE;
3451 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3452 return FALSE;
3454 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3455 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3457 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3458 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3460 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3461 return FALSE;
3464 if (link_info == NULL)
3466 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3467 if (failed)
3468 return FALSE;
3471 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3472 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3473 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3474 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3475 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3476 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3477 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3478 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3479 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3480 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3481 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3483 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3484 return FALSE;
3486 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3488 file_ptr off;
3489 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3491 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3493 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3494 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3496 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3497 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3498 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3500 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3501 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3503 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3505 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3506 out. */
3507 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3508 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3509 return FALSE;
3510 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3513 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3515 return TRUE;
3518 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3520 static struct elf_segment_map *
3521 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3522 asection **sections,
3523 unsigned int from,
3524 unsigned int to,
3525 bfd_boolean phdr)
3527 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3528 unsigned int i;
3529 asection **hdrpp;
3530 bfd_size_type amt;
3532 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3533 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3534 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3535 if (m == NULL)
3536 return NULL;
3537 m->next = NULL;
3538 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3539 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3540 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3541 m->count = to - from;
3543 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3545 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3546 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3547 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3550 return m;
3553 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3554 on failure. */
3556 struct elf_segment_map *
3557 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3559 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3561 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3562 if (m == NULL)
3563 return NULL;
3564 m->next = NULL;
3565 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3566 m->count = 1;
3567 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3569 return m;
3572 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3574 static bfd_boolean
3575 map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd)
3577 asection **sections = NULL;
3578 asection *s;
3579 unsigned int i;
3580 unsigned int count;
3581 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3582 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3583 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3584 asection *last_hdr;
3585 bfd_vma last_size;
3586 unsigned int phdr_index;
3587 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3588 asection **hdrpp;
3589 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3590 bfd_boolean writable;
3591 int tls_count = 0;
3592 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3593 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3594 bfd_size_type amt;
3596 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
3597 return TRUE;
3599 if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
3600 return TRUE;
3602 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3604 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3605 if (sections == NULL)
3606 goto error_return;
3608 i = 0;
3609 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3611 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3613 sections[i] = s;
3614 ++i;
3617 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3618 count = i;
3620 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3622 /* Build the mapping. */
3624 mfirst = NULL;
3625 pm = &mfirst;
3627 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3628 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3629 section. */
3630 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3631 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3633 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3634 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3635 if (m == NULL)
3636 goto error_return;
3637 m->next = NULL;
3638 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3639 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3640 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3641 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3642 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3644 *pm = m;
3645 pm = &m->next;
3647 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3648 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3649 if (m == NULL)
3650 goto error_return;
3651 m->next = NULL;
3652 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3653 m->count = 1;
3654 m->sections[0] = s;
3656 *pm = m;
3657 pm = &m->next;
3660 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3661 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3662 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3663 last_hdr = NULL;
3664 last_size = 0;
3665 phdr_index = 0;
3666 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
3667 writable = FALSE;
3668 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3669 if (dynsec != NULL
3670 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3671 dynsec = NULL;
3673 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3674 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3675 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3676 program headers we will need. */
3677 if (count > 0)
3679 bfd_size_type phdr_size;
3681 phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3682 if (phdr_size == 0)
3683 phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
3684 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3685 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3686 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3687 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3690 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3692 asection *hdr;
3693 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3695 hdr = *hdrpp;
3697 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3698 segment. */
3700 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3702 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3703 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3704 new_segment = FALSE;
3706 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3708 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3709 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3710 segment. */
3711 new_segment = TRUE;
3713 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3714 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3716 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3717 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3718 new_segment = TRUE;
3720 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3721 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3723 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3724 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3725 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3726 new_segment = TRUE;
3728 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3730 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3731 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3732 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3733 new_segment = FALSE;
3735 else if (! writable
3736 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3737 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3738 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3739 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3741 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3742 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3743 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3744 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3745 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3746 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3747 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3748 new_segment = TRUE;
3750 else
3752 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3753 new_segment = FALSE;
3756 if (! new_segment)
3758 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3759 writable = TRUE;
3760 last_hdr = hdr;
3761 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3762 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3763 last_size = hdr->size;
3764 else
3765 last_size = 0;
3766 continue;
3769 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3770 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3772 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3773 if (m == NULL)
3774 goto error_return;
3776 *pm = m;
3777 pm = &m->next;
3779 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3780 writable = TRUE;
3781 else
3782 writable = FALSE;
3784 last_hdr = hdr;
3785 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3786 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3787 last_size = hdr->size;
3788 else
3789 last_size = 0;
3790 phdr_index = i;
3791 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3794 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3795 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3797 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3798 if (m == NULL)
3799 goto error_return;
3801 *pm = m;
3802 pm = &m->next;
3805 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3806 if (dynsec != NULL)
3808 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3809 if (m == NULL)
3810 goto error_return;
3811 *pm = m;
3812 pm = &m->next;
3815 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3816 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3817 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3818 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3819 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3820 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3822 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3823 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
3825 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3826 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3827 if (m == NULL)
3828 goto error_return;
3829 m->next = NULL;
3830 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3831 m->count = 1;
3832 m->sections[0] = s;
3834 *pm = m;
3835 pm = &m->next;
3837 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3839 if (! tls_count)
3840 first_tls = s;
3841 tls_count++;
3845 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3846 if (tls_count > 0)
3848 int i;
3850 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3851 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3852 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3853 if (m == NULL)
3854 goto error_return;
3855 m->next = NULL;
3856 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3857 m->count = tls_count;
3858 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3859 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3860 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3861 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3863 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3864 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3865 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3868 *pm = m;
3869 pm = &m->next;
3872 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3873 segment. */
3874 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3875 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3876 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3878 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3879 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3880 if (m == NULL)
3881 goto error_return;
3882 m->next = NULL;
3883 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3884 m->count = 1;
3885 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3887 *pm = m;
3888 pm = &m->next;
3891 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3893 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3894 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3895 if (m == NULL)
3896 goto error_return;
3897 m->next = NULL;
3898 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3899 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3900 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3902 *pm = m;
3903 pm = &m->next;
3906 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3908 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3909 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3910 if (m == NULL)
3911 goto error_return;
3912 m->next = NULL;
3913 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3914 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3915 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3917 *pm = m;
3918 pm = &m->next;
3921 free (sections);
3922 sections = NULL;
3924 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3925 return TRUE;
3927 error_return:
3928 if (sections != NULL)
3929 free (sections);
3930 return FALSE;
3933 /* Sort sections by address. */
3935 static int
3936 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3938 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3939 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3940 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3942 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3943 place the section into a segment. */
3944 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3945 return -1;
3946 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3947 return 1;
3949 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3950 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3951 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3952 return -1;
3953 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3954 return 1;
3956 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3958 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3960 if (TOEND (sec1))
3962 if (TOEND (sec2))
3964 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3965 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3966 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3967 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3969 else
3970 return 1;
3972 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3973 return -1;
3975 #undef TOEND
3977 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3978 before others at the same address. */
3980 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3981 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3983 if (size1 < size2)
3984 return -1;
3985 if (size1 > size2)
3986 return 1;
3988 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3991 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
3993 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
3994 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
3995 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
3996 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
3997 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
3998 which is wrong.
4000 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4001 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4002 the page size.'' */
4003 /* In other words, something like:
4005 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4006 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4007 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4008 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4009 else
4010 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4012 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4014 static file_ptr
4015 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4017 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4020 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4021 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4022 the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
4024 static bfd_boolean
4025 assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4027 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4028 unsigned int count;
4029 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4030 unsigned int alloc;
4031 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4032 file_ptr off, voff;
4033 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4034 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4035 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4037 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
4039 if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
4040 return FALSE;
4042 else
4044 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4045 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4046 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4047 sections. */
4048 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
4049 m != NULL;
4050 m = m->next)
4052 unsigned int new_count;
4053 unsigned int i;
4055 new_count = 0;
4056 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++)
4058 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4059 && ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4060 || m->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4062 if (i != new_count)
4063 m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i];
4065 new_count ++;
4069 if (new_count != m->count)
4070 m->count = new_count;
4074 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
4076 if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, link_info))
4077 return FALSE;
4080 count = 0;
4081 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4082 ++count;
4084 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4085 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4086 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
4088 if (count == 0)
4090 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4091 return TRUE;
4094 /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
4095 that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
4096 is used in a linker script. */
4097 alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4098 if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
4100 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4101 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
4102 abfd, alloc, count));
4103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4104 return FALSE;
4107 if (alloc == 0)
4108 alloc = count;
4110 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4111 if (phdrs == NULL)
4112 return FALSE;
4114 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4115 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4117 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4118 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4119 phdrs_vaddr = 0;
4120 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4122 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4123 m != NULL;
4124 m = m->next, p++)
4126 unsigned int i;
4127 asection **secpp;
4129 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4130 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4131 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4132 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4133 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4134 if (m->count > 1
4135 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4136 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4137 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4138 elf_sort_sections);
4140 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4141 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4142 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4143 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4144 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4145 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4146 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4147 voff = 0;
4148 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4149 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4151 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4152 && m->count > 0)
4154 bfd_size_type align;
4155 bfd_vma adjust;
4156 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4158 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4160 unsigned int secalign;
4162 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4163 if (secalign > align_power)
4164 align_power = secalign;
4166 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4168 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > align)
4169 align = bed->maxpagesize;
4171 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4172 off += adjust;
4173 if (adjust != 0
4174 && !m->includes_filehdr
4175 && !m->includes_phdrs
4176 && (ufile_ptr) off >= align)
4178 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4179 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4180 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4181 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4182 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4183 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4184 i = 0;
4185 while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4187 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4188 || ++i >= m->count)
4190 off -= adjust;
4191 voff = adjust - align;
4192 break;
4197 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4198 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4199 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4200 && m->count > 1
4201 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4203 _bfd_error_handler
4204 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4205 abfd);
4206 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4207 return FALSE;
4210 if (m->count == 0)
4211 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4212 else
4213 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
4215 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4216 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4217 else if (m->count == 0)
4218 p->p_paddr = 0;
4219 else
4220 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
4222 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4223 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4224 p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
4225 else if (m->count == 0)
4226 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4227 else
4228 p->p_align = 0;
4230 p->p_offset = 0;
4231 p->p_filesz = 0;
4232 p->p_memsz = 0;
4234 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4236 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4237 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4238 p->p_offset = 0;
4239 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4240 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4241 if (m->count > 0)
4243 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4245 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4247 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4248 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4249 abfd);
4250 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4251 return FALSE;
4254 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4255 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4256 p->p_paddr -= off;
4258 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4260 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4261 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4265 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4267 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4268 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4270 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4272 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4274 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4275 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4278 else
4280 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4282 if (m->count > 0)
4284 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4285 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4286 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4287 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4290 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4292 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4293 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4295 else
4296 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4299 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4300 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4303 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4304 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4306 if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
4307 p->p_offset = off + voff;
4308 else
4310 file_ptr adjust;
4312 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4313 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4314 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4318 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4320 asection *sec;
4321 flagword flags;
4322 bfd_size_type align;
4324 sec = *secpp;
4325 flags = sec->flags;
4326 align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4328 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4329 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4331 bfd_signed_vma adjust;
4333 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4335 adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz);
4336 if (adjust < 0)
4338 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4339 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4340 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4341 adjust = 0;
4343 off += adjust;
4344 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4345 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4347 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4348 normal segments. */
4349 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4350 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4352 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4353 modulo the page size. */
4354 bfd_size_type page = align;
4355 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > page)
4356 page = bed->maxpagesize;
4357 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma,
4358 p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz,
4359 page);
4360 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4364 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4366 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4367 everything. */
4368 if (i == 0)
4370 sec->filepos = off;
4371 off += sec->size;
4372 p->p_filesz = sec->size;
4373 p->p_memsz = 0;
4374 p->p_align = 1;
4376 else
4378 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4379 sec->filepos = 0;
4380 sec->size = 0;
4381 sec->flags = 0;
4382 continue;
4385 else
4387 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4389 sec->filepos = off;
4390 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4391 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4392 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4393 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4394 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4395 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4396 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4397 people do this. The data statement results in a
4398 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4399 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4400 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4401 section with contents to the output. Make room
4402 here for the write, so that following segments are
4403 not trashed. */
4404 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4405 || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4406 off += sec->size;
4409 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4411 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4412 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4414 /* PR ld/594: Sections in note segments which are not loaded
4415 contribute to the file size but not the in-memory size. */
4416 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE
4417 && (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4418 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4420 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4421 normal segments. */
4422 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4423 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4424 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4426 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
4427 && sec->size == 0
4428 && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4430 struct bfd_link_order *o = sec->map_tail.link_order;
4431 if (o != NULL)
4432 p->p_memsz += o->offset + o->size;
4435 if (align > p->p_align
4436 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4437 p->p_align = align;
4440 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4442 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4443 if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4444 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4445 if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4446 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4451 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4452 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4453 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4454 m != NULL;
4455 m = m->next, p++)
4457 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
4459 BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
4460 /* If the section has not yet been assigned a file position,
4461 do so now. The ARM BPABI requires that .dynamic section
4462 not be marked SEC_ALLOC because it is not part of any
4463 PT_LOAD segment, so it will not be processed above. */
4464 if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC && m->sections[0]->filepos == 0)
4466 unsigned int i;
4467 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4469 i = 1;
4470 while (i_shdrpp[i]->bfd_section != m->sections[0])
4471 ++i;
4472 off = (_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section
4473 (i_shdrpp[i], off, TRUE));
4474 p->p_filesz = m->sections[0]->size;
4476 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4478 if (m->count == 0)
4480 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4482 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4483 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4484 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4486 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4488 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4489 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4490 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4492 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4494 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4496 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4498 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4499 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4500 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4501 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4502 >= link_info->relro_end)
4503 break;
4506 if (lp < phdrs + count
4507 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4509 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4510 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4511 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4512 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4513 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4514 p->p_align = 1;
4515 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4517 else
4519 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4520 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4526 /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
4527 for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
4529 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4530 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4533 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4535 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4537 /* Write out the program headers. */
4538 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4539 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
4540 return FALSE;
4542 return TRUE;
4545 /* Get the size of the program header.
4547 If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
4548 can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
4549 happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
4550 SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
4551 data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
4553 ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
4554 will be two segments. */
4556 static bfd_size_type
4557 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd)
4559 size_t segs;
4560 asection *s;
4561 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4563 /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
4564 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
4565 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4567 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
4569 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4571 segs = 0;
4572 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4573 ++segs;
4574 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4575 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4578 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4579 and one for data. */
4580 segs = 2;
4582 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4583 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4585 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4586 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4587 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4588 targets. */
4589 segs += 2;
4592 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4594 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4595 ++segs;
4598 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
4600 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4601 ++segs;
4604 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4606 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4607 ++segs;
4610 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
4612 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4613 ++segs;
4616 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4618 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4619 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
4621 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4622 ++segs;
4626 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4628 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4630 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4631 ++segs;
4632 break;
4636 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4637 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4639 int a;
4641 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
4642 if (a == -1)
4643 abort ();
4644 segs += a;
4647 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4648 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4651 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4652 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4653 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4655 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4656 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4657 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4658 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4659 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4660 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4661 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4663 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4665 static bfd_boolean
4666 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4667 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4669 struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4670 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4671 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4672 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4673 file_ptr off;
4674 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4676 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4677 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4679 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4680 unsigned int i;
4682 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4683 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4685 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4686 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4687 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4688 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4690 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4692 hdr = *hdrpp;
4693 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4694 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4695 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4696 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4697 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4699 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4701 else
4702 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4704 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4706 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4707 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4711 else
4713 unsigned int i;
4714 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4716 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4717 assignment of sections to segments. */
4718 if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd, link_info))
4719 return FALSE;
4721 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4723 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4724 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4726 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4728 hdr = *hdrpp;
4729 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4730 && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
4731 hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
4732 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4734 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4735 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4736 abfd,
4737 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4738 ? "*unknown*"
4739 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4740 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4741 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4742 bed->maxpagesize);
4743 else
4744 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4745 hdr->sh_addralign);
4746 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4747 FALSE);
4749 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4750 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4751 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4752 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4753 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4754 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4755 else
4756 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4758 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4760 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4761 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4766 /* Place the section headers. */
4767 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4768 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4769 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4771 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4773 return TRUE;
4776 static bfd_boolean
4777 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4779 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4780 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4781 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4782 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4783 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4785 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4786 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4788 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4789 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4790 return FALSE;
4792 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4794 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4795 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4796 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4797 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4799 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4800 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4801 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4802 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4804 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4805 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4806 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4807 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4808 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4809 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4810 else
4811 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4813 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4815 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4816 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4817 break;
4819 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4820 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4821 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4822 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4823 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4824 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4825 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4826 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4827 default:
4828 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4831 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4832 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4834 /* No program header, for now. */
4835 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4836 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4837 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4839 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4840 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4841 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4843 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4844 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4845 /* It all happens later. */
4847 else
4849 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4850 i_phdrp = 0;
4851 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4854 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4855 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4856 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4857 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4858 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4859 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4860 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4861 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4862 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4863 return FALSE;
4865 return TRUE;
4868 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4869 of the loadable file image. */
4871 void
4872 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4874 file_ptr off;
4875 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4876 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4878 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4880 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4881 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4883 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4885 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4886 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4887 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4888 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4891 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4894 bfd_boolean
4895 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4897 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4898 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4899 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4900 bfd_boolean failed;
4901 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4903 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4904 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4905 return FALSE;
4907 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4908 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4910 failed = FALSE;
4911 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4912 if (failed)
4913 return FALSE;
4915 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4917 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4918 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4919 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4921 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4922 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4923 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4925 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4927 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4928 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4929 return FALSE;
4931 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4932 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4935 /* Write out the section header names. */
4936 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4937 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4938 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4939 return FALSE;
4941 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4942 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4943 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4945 return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
4948 bfd_boolean
4949 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4951 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4952 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4955 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4958 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4960 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4961 int index;
4963 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4964 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4965 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4967 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4968 index = SHN_ABS;
4969 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4970 index = SHN_COMMON;
4971 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4972 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4973 else
4974 index = -1;
4976 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4977 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4979 int retval = index;
4981 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4982 return retval;
4985 if (index == -1)
4986 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4988 return index;
4991 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4992 on error. */
4995 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4997 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4998 int idx;
4999 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5001 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5002 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5003 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5004 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5005 input sections rather than the output section. */
5006 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5007 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5008 && asym_ptr->section)
5010 int indx;
5012 if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
5013 indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
5014 else
5015 indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
5016 if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5017 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5018 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5021 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5023 if (idx == 0)
5025 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5026 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5027 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5028 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5029 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5030 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5031 return -1;
5034 #if DEBUG & 4
5036 fprintf (stderr,
5037 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5038 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5039 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5040 fflush (stderr);
5042 #endif
5044 return idx;
5047 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */
5049 static bfd_boolean
5050 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5052 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5053 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5054 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5055 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5056 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5057 asection *section;
5058 unsigned int i;
5059 unsigned int num_segments;
5060 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5061 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5062 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5063 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5064 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5066 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5067 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5068 return TRUE;
5070 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5071 return TRUE;
5073 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5074 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5076 map_first = NULL;
5077 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5079 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5080 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5082 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5083 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5084 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5085 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5087 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5088 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5089 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5090 ? section->size : 0)
5092 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5093 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5094 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5095 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5096 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5097 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5099 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5100 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5101 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5102 (section->lma >= base \
5103 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5104 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5106 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5107 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5108 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5109 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5110 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5111 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5112 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5113 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5115 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5116 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5117 p_memsz set to 0. */
5118 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5119 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5120 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5121 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5122 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5123 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5124 && s->size > 0 \
5125 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5126 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5127 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5129 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5130 A section will be included if:
5131 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5132 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5133 2. It is an allocated segment,
5134 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5135 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5136 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5137 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5138 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5139 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5140 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5141 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5142 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5143 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5144 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5145 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5146 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5147 && section->output_section != NULL \
5148 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5149 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5150 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5151 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5152 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5153 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5154 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5155 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5156 || (segment->p_paddr \
5157 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5158 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5159 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5160 == 0)) \
5161 && ! section->segment_mark)
5163 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5164 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5165 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5167 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5168 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5169 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5170 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5171 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5172 LMA. */
5173 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5174 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5175 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5176 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5177 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5179 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5180 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5181 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5183 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5184 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5185 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5186 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5187 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5188 i < num_segments;
5189 i++, segment++)
5191 unsigned int j;
5192 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5194 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5195 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5196 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5198 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5199 assignment code will work. */
5200 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5201 break;
5204 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5205 continue;
5207 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5208 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5210 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5212 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5213 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5214 continue;
5216 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5217 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5219 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5220 SEGMENT. */
5221 extra_length =
5222 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5223 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5225 if (extra_length > 0)
5227 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5228 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5231 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5233 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5234 i = 0;
5235 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5236 break;
5238 else
5240 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5241 SEGMENT2. */
5242 extra_length =
5243 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5244 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5246 if (extra_length > 0)
5248 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5249 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5252 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5257 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5258 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5259 i < num_segments;
5260 i ++, segment ++)
5262 unsigned int section_count;
5263 asection ** sections;
5264 asection * output_section;
5265 unsigned int isec;
5266 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5267 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5268 unsigned int j;
5269 bfd_size_type amt;
5271 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5272 continue;
5274 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5275 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5276 section != NULL;
5277 section = section->next)
5278 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5279 ++section_count;
5281 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5282 all of the sections we have selected. */
5283 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5284 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5285 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5286 if (map == NULL)
5287 return FALSE;
5289 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5290 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5291 map->next = NULL;
5292 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5293 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5294 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5295 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5296 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5298 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5299 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5300 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5301 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5303 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5305 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5307 map->includes_phdrs =
5308 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5309 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5310 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5311 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5313 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5314 phdr_included = TRUE;
5317 if (section_count == 0)
5319 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5320 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5321 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5322 a warning is produced. */
5323 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5324 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5325 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5326 ibfd);
5328 map->count = 0;
5329 *pointer_to_map = map;
5330 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5332 continue;
5335 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5336 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5337 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5338 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5340 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5341 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5342 input BFD.
5344 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5345 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5346 of the first section.
5348 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5349 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5350 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5351 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5352 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5354 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5355 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5356 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5357 or segments to contain the other sections.
5359 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5360 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5361 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5363 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5364 to work around this long long bug. */
5365 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5366 if (sections == NULL)
5367 return FALSE;
5369 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5370 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5371 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5372 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5373 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5374 more to do. */
5375 isec = 0;
5376 matching_lma = 0;
5377 suggested_lma = 0;
5379 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5380 section != NULL;
5381 section = section->next)
5383 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5385 output_section = section->output_section;
5387 sections[j ++] = section;
5389 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5390 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5391 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5392 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5393 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5394 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5395 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5396 && isec == 0
5397 && output_section->lma != 0
5398 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5399 + (map->includes_filehdr
5400 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5401 : 0)
5402 + (map->includes_phdrs
5403 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5404 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5405 : 0))))
5406 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5408 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5409 LMA address of the output section. */
5410 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5411 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5412 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5413 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
5416 if (matching_lma == 0)
5417 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5419 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5420 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5421 segment. */
5422 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5424 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5425 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5429 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5431 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5432 if necessary. */
5433 if (isec == section_count)
5435 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5436 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5437 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5438 program header in the input BFD. */
5439 map->count = section_count;
5440 *pointer_to_map = map;
5441 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5443 free (sections);
5444 continue;
5446 else
5448 if (matching_lma != 0)
5450 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5451 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5452 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5453 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5455 else
5457 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5458 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5459 the LMA of the first section. */
5460 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5463 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5464 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5465 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5466 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5468 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5470 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5472 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5473 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5474 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5475 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5476 offset when we know the correct value. */
5477 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5478 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5482 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5483 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5484 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5485 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5486 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5487 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5488 the loop. */
5489 isec = 0;
5492 map->count = 0;
5493 suggested_lma = 0;
5495 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5496 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5498 section = sections[j];
5500 if (section == NULL)
5501 continue;
5503 output_section = section->output_section;
5505 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5507 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5508 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5510 if (map->count == 0)
5512 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5513 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5514 wrong. */
5515 if (output_section->lma !=
5516 (map->p_paddr
5517 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5518 + (map->includes_phdrs
5519 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5520 : 0)))
5521 abort ();
5523 else
5525 asection * prev_sec;
5527 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5529 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5530 and the start of this section is more than
5531 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5532 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5533 maxpagesize)
5534 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5535 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5536 > output_section->lma))
5538 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5539 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5541 continue;
5545 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5546 ++isec;
5547 sections[j] = NULL;
5548 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5550 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5551 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5554 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5556 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5557 *pointer_to_map = map;
5558 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5560 if (isec < section_count)
5562 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5563 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5564 and carry on looping. */
5565 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5566 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5567 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5568 if (map == NULL)
5570 free (sections);
5571 return FALSE;
5574 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5575 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5576 not yet been assigned. */
5577 map->next = NULL;
5578 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5579 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5580 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5581 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5582 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5583 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5584 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5587 while (isec < section_count);
5589 free (sections);
5592 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5593 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5594 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5595 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5596 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5597 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5598 break;
5599 if (map == NULL)
5600 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5601 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5603 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5605 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5606 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5607 the offset if necessary. */
5608 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5610 unsigned int count;
5612 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5613 count++;
5615 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5616 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5617 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5620 #undef SEGMENT_END
5621 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5622 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5623 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5624 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5625 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5626 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5627 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5628 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5629 return TRUE;
5632 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5634 bfd_boolean
5635 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5636 asection *isec,
5637 bfd *obfd,
5638 asection *osec,
5639 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5642 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5643 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5645 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5646 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5647 return TRUE;
5649 /* FIXME: What if the output ELF section type has been set to
5650 something different? */
5651 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL)
5652 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5654 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5655 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5656 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5657 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5659 if (need_group)
5661 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5662 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5664 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5665 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5666 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5667 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5671 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5673 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5674 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5675 may be NULL at this point. */
5676 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5678 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5679 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5680 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5683 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5685 return TRUE;
5688 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5689 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5691 bfd_boolean
5692 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5693 asection *isec,
5694 bfd *obfd,
5695 asection *osec)
5697 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5699 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5700 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5701 return TRUE;
5703 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5704 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5706 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5708 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5709 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5710 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5711 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5712 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5714 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
5715 NULL);
5718 /* Copy private header information. */
5720 bfd_boolean
5721 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5723 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5724 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5725 return TRUE;
5727 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5728 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5729 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5730 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5731 already been worked out. */
5732 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
5734 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5735 return FALSE;
5738 return TRUE;
5741 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5742 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5743 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5744 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5745 swap_out_syms function. */
5747 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
5748 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
5749 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
5750 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
5751 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
5753 bfd_boolean
5754 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
5755 asymbol *isymarg,
5756 bfd *obfd,
5757 asymbol *osymarg)
5759 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
5761 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5762 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5763 return TRUE;
5765 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
5766 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
5768 if (isym != NULL
5769 && osym != NULL
5770 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
5772 unsigned int shndx;
5774 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5775 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
5776 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
5777 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
5778 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
5779 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
5780 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
5781 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
5782 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
5783 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
5784 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
5785 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5788 return TRUE;
5791 /* Swap out the symbols. */
5793 static bfd_boolean
5794 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
5795 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
5796 int relocatable_p)
5798 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5799 int symcount;
5800 asymbol **syms;
5801 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
5802 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5803 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
5804 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
5805 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
5806 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
5807 int idx;
5808 bfd_size_type amt;
5809 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
5811 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
5812 return FALSE;
5814 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
5815 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
5816 if (stt == NULL)
5817 return FALSE;
5819 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5820 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
5821 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5822 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
5823 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5824 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
5825 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
5826 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5828 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
5829 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
5831 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
5832 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
5834 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5835 return FALSE;
5837 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
5839 outbound_shndx = NULL;
5840 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
5841 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
5843 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5844 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
5845 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
5846 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
5848 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5849 return FALSE;
5852 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
5853 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
5854 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
5855 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5856 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5859 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
5861 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
5862 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5863 sym.st_name = 0;
5864 sym.st_value = 0;
5865 sym.st_size = 0;
5866 sym.st_info = 0;
5867 sym.st_other = 0;
5868 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
5869 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
5870 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5871 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
5872 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5875 name_local_sections
5876 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
5877 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
5879 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
5880 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
5882 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5883 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
5884 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
5885 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
5886 int type;
5888 if (!name_local_sections
5889 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5891 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
5892 sym.st_name = 0;
5894 else
5896 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
5897 syms[idx]->name,
5898 TRUE, FALSE);
5899 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
5901 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5902 return FALSE;
5906 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
5908 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
5909 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
5911 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
5912 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
5913 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
5914 sym.st_size = value;
5915 if (type_ptr == NULL
5916 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
5917 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
5918 else
5919 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
5920 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
5921 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
5923 else
5925 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
5926 int shndx;
5928 if (sec->output_section)
5930 value += sec->output_offset;
5931 sec = sec->output_section;
5934 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
5935 if (! relocatable_p)
5936 value += sec->vma;
5937 sym.st_value = value;
5938 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
5940 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
5941 && type_ptr != NULL
5942 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
5944 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
5945 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
5946 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
5947 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5948 switch (shndx)
5950 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
5951 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
5952 break;
5953 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
5954 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
5955 break;
5956 case MAP_STRTAB:
5957 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
5958 break;
5959 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
5960 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
5961 break;
5962 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
5963 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
5964 break;
5965 default:
5966 break;
5969 else
5971 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
5973 if (shndx == -1)
5975 asection *sec2;
5977 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
5978 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
5979 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
5980 demand of applications. For example, it
5981 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
5982 section of a symbol to be a section that is
5983 actually in the output file. */
5984 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
5985 if (sec2 == NULL)
5987 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
5988 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
5989 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
5990 sec->name);
5991 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
5992 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5993 return FALSE;
5996 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
5997 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6001 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6004 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6005 type = STT_TLS;
6006 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6007 type = STT_FUNC;
6008 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6009 type = STT_OBJECT;
6010 else
6011 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6013 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6014 type = STT_TLS;
6016 /* Processor-specific types. */
6017 if (type_ptr != NULL
6018 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6019 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6020 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6022 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6024 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6025 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6026 else
6027 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6029 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6030 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6031 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6032 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6033 ? STB_WEAK
6034 : STB_GLOBAL),
6035 type);
6036 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6037 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6038 else
6040 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6042 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6043 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6044 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6045 bind = STB_WEAK;
6046 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6047 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6049 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6052 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6053 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6054 else
6055 sym.st_other = 0;
6057 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6058 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6059 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6060 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6063 *sttp = stt;
6064 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6065 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6067 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6068 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6069 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6070 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6071 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6072 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6074 return TRUE;
6077 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6079 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6080 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6081 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6083 long
6084 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6086 long symcount;
6087 long symtab_size;
6088 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6090 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6091 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6092 if (symcount > 0)
6093 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6095 return symtab_size;
6098 long
6099 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6101 long symcount;
6102 long symtab_size;
6103 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6105 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6107 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6108 return -1;
6111 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6112 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6113 if (symcount > 0)
6114 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6116 return symtab_size;
6119 long
6120 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6121 sec_ptr asect)
6123 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6126 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6128 long
6129 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6130 sec_ptr section,
6131 arelent **relptr,
6132 asymbol **symbols)
6134 arelent *tblptr;
6135 unsigned int i;
6136 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6138 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6139 return -1;
6141 tblptr = section->relocation;
6142 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6143 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6145 *relptr = NULL;
6147 return section->reloc_count;
6150 long
6151 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6153 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6154 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6156 if (symcount >= 0)
6157 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6158 return symcount;
6161 long
6162 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6163 asymbol **allocation)
6165 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6166 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6168 if (symcount >= 0)
6169 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6170 return symcount;
6173 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6174 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6175 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6176 dynamic reloc section. */
6178 long
6179 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6181 long ret;
6182 asection *s;
6184 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6186 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6187 return -1;
6190 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6191 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6192 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6193 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6194 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6195 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6196 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6197 * sizeof (arelent *));
6199 return ret;
6202 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6203 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6204 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6205 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6206 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6207 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6208 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6210 long
6211 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6212 arelent **storage,
6213 asymbol **syms)
6215 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6216 asection *s;
6217 long ret;
6219 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6221 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6222 return -1;
6225 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6226 ret = 0;
6227 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6229 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6230 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6231 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6232 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6234 arelent *p;
6235 long count, i;
6237 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6238 return -1;
6239 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6240 p = s->relocation;
6241 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6242 *storage++ = p++;
6243 ret += count;
6247 *storage = NULL;
6249 return ret;
6252 /* Read in the version information. */
6254 bfd_boolean
6255 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6257 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6258 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6260 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6262 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6263 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6264 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6265 unsigned int i;
6266 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6268 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6270 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6271 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6272 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6273 goto error_return;
6275 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6277 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6278 if (contents == NULL)
6280 error_return_verref:
6281 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6282 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6283 goto error_return;
6285 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6286 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6287 goto error_return_verref;
6289 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6290 goto error_return_verref;
6292 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6293 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6294 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6295 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6296 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6297 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6299 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6300 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6301 unsigned int j;
6303 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6305 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6307 iverneed->vn_filename =
6308 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6309 iverneed->vn_file);
6310 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6311 goto error_return_verref;
6313 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6314 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6315 else
6317 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6318 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6319 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6320 goto error_return_verref;
6323 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6324 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6325 goto error_return_verref;
6327 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6328 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6329 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6330 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6332 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6334 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6335 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6336 ivernaux->vna_name);
6337 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6338 goto error_return_verref;
6340 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6341 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6342 else
6343 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6345 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6346 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6347 goto error_return_verref;
6349 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6350 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6352 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6353 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6356 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6357 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6358 else
6359 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6361 if (iverneed->vn_next
6362 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6363 goto error_return_verref;
6365 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6366 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6369 free (contents);
6370 contents = NULL;
6373 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6375 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6376 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6377 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6378 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6379 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6380 unsigned int i;
6381 unsigned int maxidx;
6382 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6384 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6386 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6387 if (contents == NULL)
6388 goto error_return;
6389 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6390 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6391 goto error_return;
6393 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6394 goto error_return;
6396 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6397 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6398 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6399 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6400 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6401 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6403 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6404 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6405 the maximum. */
6406 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6407 maxidx = 0;
6408 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6410 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6412 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6413 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6415 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6416 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6417 goto error_return;
6419 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6420 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6423 if (default_imported_symver)
6425 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6426 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6427 else
6428 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6430 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6431 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6432 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6433 goto error_return;
6435 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6437 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6438 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6439 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6441 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6442 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6443 unsigned int j;
6445 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6447 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6449 error_return_verdef:
6450 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6451 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6452 goto error_return;
6455 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6456 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6458 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6460 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6461 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6462 else
6464 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6465 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6466 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6467 goto error_return_verdef;
6470 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6471 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6472 goto error_return_verdef;
6474 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6475 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6476 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6477 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6479 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6481 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6482 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6483 iverdaux->vda_name);
6484 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6485 goto error_return_verdef;
6487 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6488 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6489 else
6490 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6492 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6493 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6494 goto error_return_verdef;
6496 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6497 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6500 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6501 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6503 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6504 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6505 else
6506 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6508 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6509 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6512 free (contents);
6513 contents = NULL;
6515 else if (default_imported_symver)
6517 if (freeidx < 3)
6518 freeidx = 3;
6519 else
6520 freeidx++;
6522 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6523 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6524 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6525 goto error_return;
6527 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6530 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6531 if (default_imported_symver)
6533 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6534 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6536 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6538 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6539 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6540 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6541 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6543 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6545 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6546 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6547 goto error_return_verdef;
6548 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6549 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6550 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6551 goto error_return_verdef;
6553 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6554 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6555 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6558 return TRUE;
6560 error_return:
6561 if (contents != NULL)
6562 free (contents);
6563 return FALSE;
6566 asymbol *
6567 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6569 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6570 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6572 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6573 if (!newsym)
6574 return NULL;
6575 else
6577 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6578 return &newsym->symbol;
6582 void
6583 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6584 asymbol *symbol,
6585 symbol_info *ret)
6587 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6590 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6591 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6592 override it. */
6594 bfd_boolean
6595 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6596 const char *name)
6598 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6599 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6600 return TRUE;
6602 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6603 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6604 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6605 return TRUE;
6607 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6608 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6609 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6610 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6611 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6612 we treat such symbols as local. */
6613 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6614 return TRUE;
6616 return FALSE;
6619 alent *
6620 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6621 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6623 abort ();
6624 return NULL;
6627 bfd_boolean
6628 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6629 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6630 unsigned long machine)
6632 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6633 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6634 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6635 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6636 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6637 return FALSE;
6639 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6642 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6643 for error reporting. */
6645 static bfd_boolean
6646 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6647 asection *section,
6648 asymbol **symbols,
6649 bfd_vma offset,
6650 const char **filename_ptr,
6651 const char **functionname_ptr)
6653 const char *filename;
6654 asymbol *func, *file;
6655 bfd_vma low_func;
6656 asymbol **p;
6657 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6658 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6659 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6660 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6661 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6662 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6663 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6664 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6665 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6667 filename = NULL;
6668 func = NULL;
6669 file = NULL;
6670 low_func = 0;
6671 state = nothing_seen;
6673 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6675 elf_symbol_type *q;
6677 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6679 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6681 default:
6682 break;
6683 case STT_FILE:
6684 file = &q->symbol;
6685 if (state == symbol_seen)
6686 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6687 continue;
6688 case STT_SECTION:
6689 continue;
6690 case STT_NOTYPE:
6691 case STT_FUNC:
6692 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6693 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6694 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6696 func = (asymbol *) q;
6697 low_func = q->symbol.value;
6698 if (file == NULL)
6699 filename = NULL;
6700 else if (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) != STB_LOCAL
6701 && state == file_after_symbol_seen)
6702 filename = NULL;
6703 else
6704 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
6706 break;
6708 if (state == nothing_seen)
6709 state = symbol_seen;
6712 if (func == NULL)
6713 return FALSE;
6715 if (filename_ptr)
6716 *filename_ptr = filename;
6717 if (functionname_ptr)
6718 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
6720 return TRUE;
6723 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6724 for error reporting. */
6726 bfd_boolean
6727 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
6728 asection *section,
6729 asymbol **symbols,
6730 bfd_vma offset,
6731 const char **filename_ptr,
6732 const char **functionname_ptr,
6733 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6735 bfd_boolean found;
6737 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6738 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6739 line_ptr))
6741 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6742 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6743 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6744 functionname_ptr);
6746 return TRUE;
6749 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6750 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6751 line_ptr, 0,
6752 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
6754 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6755 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6756 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6757 functionname_ptr);
6759 return TRUE;
6762 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
6763 &found, filename_ptr,
6764 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6765 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
6766 return FALSE;
6767 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
6768 return TRUE;
6770 if (symbols == NULL)
6771 return FALSE;
6773 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6774 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
6775 return FALSE;
6777 *line_ptr = 0;
6778 return TRUE;
6781 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
6783 bfd_boolean
6784 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
6785 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
6787 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
6788 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
6789 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6792 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
6793 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
6794 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
6795 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
6796 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
6798 bfd_boolean
6799 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
6800 const char **filename_ptr,
6801 const char **functionname_ptr,
6802 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6804 bfd_boolean found;
6805 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
6806 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6807 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6808 return found;
6812 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean reloc)
6814 int ret;
6816 ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6817 if (! reloc)
6818 ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
6819 return ret;
6822 bfd_boolean
6823 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
6824 sec_ptr section,
6825 const void *location,
6826 file_ptr offset,
6827 bfd_size_type count)
6829 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6830 bfd_signed_vma pos;
6832 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6833 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6834 return FALSE;
6836 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
6837 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
6838 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
6839 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
6840 return FALSE;
6842 return TRUE;
6845 void
6846 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6847 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6848 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6850 abort ();
6853 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
6855 bfd_boolean
6856 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
6858 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
6860 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
6862 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
6863 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6865 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
6866 equivalent ELF reloc. */
6868 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
6870 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6872 case 8:
6873 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
6874 break;
6875 case 12:
6876 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
6877 break;
6878 case 16:
6879 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
6880 break;
6881 case 24:
6882 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
6883 break;
6884 case 32:
6885 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
6886 break;
6887 case 64:
6888 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
6889 break;
6890 default:
6891 goto fail;
6894 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6896 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
6898 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
6899 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
6900 else
6901 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
6904 else
6906 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6908 case 8:
6909 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
6910 break;
6911 case 14:
6912 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
6913 break;
6914 case 16:
6915 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
6916 break;
6917 case 26:
6918 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
6919 break;
6920 case 32:
6921 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
6922 break;
6923 case 64:
6924 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
6925 break;
6926 default:
6927 goto fail;
6930 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6933 if (howto)
6934 areloc->howto = howto;
6935 else
6936 goto fail;
6939 return TRUE;
6941 fail:
6942 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6943 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
6944 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
6945 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6946 return FALSE;
6949 bfd_boolean
6950 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
6952 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
6954 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
6955 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6956 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
6959 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
6962 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
6963 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
6964 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
6965 this reloc. */
6967 bfd_reloc_status_type
6968 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
6969 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6970 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6971 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6972 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6974 return bfd_reloc_ok;
6977 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
6978 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
6979 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
6980 out details about the corefile. */
6982 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
6983 # include <sys/procfs.h>
6984 #endif
6986 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
6988 static int
6989 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
6991 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
6992 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
6995 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
6996 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
6997 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
6998 overwrite it. */
7000 static bfd_boolean
7001 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7003 asection *sect2;
7005 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7006 return TRUE;
7008 sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
7009 if (sect2 == NULL)
7010 return FALSE;
7012 sect2->size = sect->size;
7013 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7014 sect2->flags = sect->flags;
7015 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7016 return TRUE;
7019 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7020 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7021 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7022 such a section already exists.
7023 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7024 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7025 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7026 bfd_boolean
7027 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7028 char *name,
7029 size_t size,
7030 ufile_ptr filepos)
7032 char buf[100];
7033 char *threaded_name;
7034 size_t len;
7035 asection *sect;
7037 /* Build the section name. */
7039 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7040 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7041 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7042 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7043 return FALSE;
7044 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7046 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, threaded_name);
7047 if (sect == NULL)
7048 return FALSE;
7049 sect->size = size;
7050 sect->filepos = filepos;
7051 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7052 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7054 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7057 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7058 solaris 2.5+
7059 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7060 unixware 4.2
7063 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7065 static bfd_boolean
7066 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7068 size_t size;
7069 int offset;
7071 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7073 prstatus_t prstat;
7075 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7076 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7077 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7079 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7080 has already been set by another thread. */
7081 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7082 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7083 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7085 /* pr_who exists on:
7086 solaris 2.5+
7087 unixware 4.2
7088 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7089 linux 2.[01]
7091 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7092 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7093 #endif
7095 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7096 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7098 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7099 prstatus32_t prstat;
7101 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7102 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7103 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7105 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7106 has already been set by another thread. */
7107 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7108 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7109 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7111 /* pr_who exists on:
7112 solaris 2.5+
7113 unixware 4.2
7114 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7115 linux 2.[01]
7117 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7118 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7119 #endif
7121 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7122 else
7124 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7125 note size (ie. data object type). */
7126 return TRUE;
7129 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7130 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7131 size, note->descpos + offset);
7133 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7135 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7136 static bfd_boolean
7137 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7138 char *name,
7139 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7141 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7142 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7145 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7146 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7147 data structure apart. */
7149 static bfd_boolean
7150 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7152 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7155 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7156 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7157 literally. */
7159 static bfd_boolean
7160 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7162 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7165 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7166 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7167 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7168 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7169 #endif
7170 #endif
7172 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7173 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7174 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7175 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7176 #endif
7177 #endif
7179 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7180 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7181 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7183 char *
7184 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7186 char *dups;
7187 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7188 size_t len;
7190 if (end == NULL)
7191 len = max;
7192 else
7193 len = end - start;
7195 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7196 if (dups == NULL)
7197 return NULL;
7199 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7200 dups[len] = '\0';
7202 return dups;
7205 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7206 static bfd_boolean
7207 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7209 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7211 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7213 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7215 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7216 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7217 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7221 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7223 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7224 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7226 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7227 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7229 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7231 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7232 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7233 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7235 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7236 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7237 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7239 #endif
7241 else
7243 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7244 note size (ie. data object type). */
7245 return TRUE;
7248 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7249 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7250 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7253 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7254 int n = strlen (command);
7256 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7257 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7260 return TRUE;
7262 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7264 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7265 static bfd_boolean
7266 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7268 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7269 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7270 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7271 #endif
7274 pstatus_t pstat;
7276 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7278 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7280 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7281 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7283 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7284 pstatus32_t pstat;
7286 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7288 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7290 #endif
7291 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7292 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7293 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7295 return TRUE;
7297 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7299 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7300 static bfd_boolean
7301 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7303 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7304 char buf[100];
7305 char *name;
7306 size_t len;
7307 asection *sect;
7309 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7310 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7311 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7312 #endif
7314 return TRUE;
7316 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7318 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7319 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7321 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7323 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7324 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7325 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7326 if (name == NULL)
7327 return FALSE;
7328 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7330 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7331 if (sect == NULL)
7332 return FALSE;
7334 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7335 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7336 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7337 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7338 #endif
7340 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7341 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7342 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7343 #endif
7345 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7346 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7348 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7349 return FALSE;
7351 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7353 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7354 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7355 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7356 if (name == NULL)
7357 return FALSE;
7358 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7360 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7361 if (sect == NULL)
7362 return FALSE;
7364 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7365 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7366 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7367 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7368 #endif
7370 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7371 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7372 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7373 #endif
7375 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7376 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7378 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7380 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7382 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7383 static bfd_boolean
7384 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7386 char buf[30];
7387 char *name;
7388 size_t len;
7389 asection *sect;
7390 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7392 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7393 return TRUE;
7395 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7397 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7399 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7400 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7401 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7402 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7403 break;
7405 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7406 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7407 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7409 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7410 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7411 if (name == NULL)
7412 return FALSE;
7414 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7416 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7417 if (sect == NULL)
7418 return FALSE;
7420 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7421 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7422 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7423 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7424 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7425 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7427 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7428 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7429 return FALSE;
7430 break;
7432 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7433 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7434 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7435 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7437 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7438 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7439 if (name == NULL)
7440 return FALSE;
7442 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7444 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7446 if (sect == NULL)
7447 return FALSE;
7449 sect->size = note->descsz;
7450 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7451 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7452 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7453 break;
7455 default:
7456 return TRUE;
7459 return TRUE;
7461 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7463 static bfd_boolean
7464 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7466 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7468 switch (note->type)
7470 default:
7471 return TRUE;
7473 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7474 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7475 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7476 return TRUE;
7477 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7478 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7479 #else
7480 return TRUE;
7481 #endif
7483 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7484 case NT_PSTATUS:
7485 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7486 #endif
7488 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7489 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7490 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7491 #endif
7493 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7494 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7496 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7497 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7498 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7499 #endif
7501 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7502 if (note->namesz == 6
7503 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7504 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7505 else
7506 return TRUE;
7508 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7509 case NT_PSINFO:
7510 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7511 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7512 return TRUE;
7513 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7514 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7515 #else
7516 return TRUE;
7517 #endif
7519 case NT_AUXV:
7521 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv");
7523 if (sect == NULL)
7524 return FALSE;
7525 sect->size = note->descsz;
7526 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7527 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7528 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7530 return TRUE;
7535 static bfd_boolean
7536 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7538 char *cp;
7540 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7541 if (cp != NULL)
7543 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7544 return TRUE;
7546 return FALSE;
7549 static bfd_boolean
7550 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7553 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7554 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7555 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7557 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7558 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7559 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7561 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7562 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7563 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7565 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7566 note);
7569 static bfd_boolean
7570 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7572 int lwp;
7574 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7575 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7577 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7579 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7580 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7581 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7582 creates a core file. */
7584 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7587 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7588 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7589 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7590 understand it. */
7592 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7593 return TRUE;
7596 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7598 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7599 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7601 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7602 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7603 switch (note->type)
7605 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7606 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7608 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7609 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7611 default:
7612 return TRUE;
7615 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7616 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7618 default:
7619 switch (note->type)
7621 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7622 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7624 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7625 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7627 default:
7628 return TRUE;
7631 /* NOTREACHED */
7634 static bfd_boolean
7635 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t *tid)
7637 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7638 char buf[100];
7639 char *name;
7640 asection *sect;
7641 short sig;
7642 unsigned flags;
7644 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7645 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7647 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7648 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7650 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7651 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7653 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7654 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7656 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7657 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7660 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7661 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7662 thread just in case. */
7663 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7664 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7666 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7667 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid);
7669 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7670 if (name == NULL)
7671 return FALSE;
7672 strcpy (name, buf);
7674 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7675 if (sect == NULL)
7676 return FALSE;
7678 sect->size = note->descsz;
7679 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7680 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7681 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7683 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
7686 static bfd_boolean
7687 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
7688 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
7689 pid_t tid,
7690 char *base)
7692 char buf[100];
7693 char *name;
7694 asection *sect;
7696 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7697 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, (long) tid);
7699 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7700 if (name == NULL)
7701 return FALSE;
7702 strcpy (name, buf);
7704 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7705 if (sect == NULL)
7706 return FALSE;
7708 sect->size = note->descsz;
7709 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7710 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7711 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7713 /* This is the current thread. */
7714 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
7715 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
7717 return TRUE;
7720 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7721 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7722 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7723 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7725 static bfd_boolean
7726 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7728 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7729 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7730 function. */
7731 static pid_t tid = 1;
7733 switch (note->type)
7735 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
7736 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
7737 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
7738 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
7739 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
7740 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
7741 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
7742 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
7743 default:
7744 return TRUE;
7748 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
7750 Inputs:
7751 buffer to hold note
7752 name of note
7753 type of note
7754 data for note
7755 size of data for note
7757 Return:
7758 End of buffer containing note. */
7760 char *
7761 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
7762 char *buf,
7763 int *bufsiz,
7764 const char *name,
7765 int type,
7766 const void *input,
7767 int size)
7769 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
7770 size_t namesz;
7771 size_t pad;
7772 size_t newspace;
7773 char *p, *dest;
7775 namesz = 0;
7776 pad = 0;
7777 if (name != NULL)
7779 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7781 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
7782 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7783 pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1);
7786 newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size;
7788 p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
7789 dest = p + *bufsiz;
7790 *bufsiz += newspace;
7791 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
7792 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
7793 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
7794 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
7795 dest = xnp->name;
7796 if (name != NULL)
7798 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
7799 dest += namesz;
7800 while (pad != 0)
7802 *dest++ = '\0';
7803 --pad;
7806 memcpy (dest, input, size);
7807 return p;
7810 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7811 char *
7812 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
7813 char *buf,
7814 int *bufsiz,
7815 const char *fname,
7816 const char *psargs)
7818 int note_type;
7819 char *note_name = "CORE";
7821 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7822 psinfo_t data;
7823 note_type = NT_PSINFO;
7824 #else
7825 prpsinfo_t data;
7826 note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
7827 #endif
7829 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
7830 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
7831 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
7832 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7833 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
7835 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
7837 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7838 char *
7839 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
7840 char *buf,
7841 int *bufsiz,
7842 long pid,
7843 int cursig,
7844 const void *gregs)
7846 prstatus_t prstat;
7847 char *note_name = "CORE";
7849 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
7850 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
7851 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7852 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
7853 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7854 note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
7856 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
7858 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7859 char *
7860 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
7861 char *buf,
7862 int *bufsiz,
7863 long pid,
7864 int cursig,
7865 const void *gregs)
7867 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7868 char *note_name = "CORE";
7870 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
7871 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
7872 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7873 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7874 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
7875 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7876 #if !defined(gregs)
7877 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
7878 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
7879 #else
7880 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
7881 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
7882 #endif
7883 #endif
7884 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7885 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
7887 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
7889 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7890 char *
7891 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
7892 char *buf,
7893 int *bufsiz,
7894 long pid,
7895 int cursig,
7896 const void *gregs)
7898 pstatus_t pstat;
7899 char *note_name = "CORE";
7901 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
7902 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
7903 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7904 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
7905 return buf;
7907 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
7909 char *
7910 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7911 char *buf,
7912 int *bufsiz,
7913 const void *fpregs,
7914 int size)
7916 char *note_name = "CORE";
7917 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7918 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
7921 char *
7922 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7923 char *buf,
7924 int *bufsiz,
7925 const void *xfpregs,
7926 int size)
7928 char *note_name = "LINUX";
7929 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7930 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
7933 static bfd_boolean
7934 elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
7936 char *buf;
7937 char *p;
7939 if (size <= 0)
7940 return TRUE;
7942 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
7943 return FALSE;
7945 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
7946 if (buf == NULL)
7947 return FALSE;
7949 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
7951 error:
7952 free (buf);
7953 return FALSE;
7956 p = buf;
7957 while (p < buf + size)
7959 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
7960 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
7961 Elf_Internal_Note in;
7963 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
7965 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
7966 in.namedata = xnp->name;
7968 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
7969 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
7970 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
7972 if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
7974 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
7975 goto error;
7977 else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0)
7979 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
7980 goto error;
7982 else
7984 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
7985 goto error;
7988 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
7991 free (buf);
7992 return TRUE;
7995 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
7997 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
7998 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
7999 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8001 long
8002 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8004 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8007 return -1;
8010 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8013 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8014 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8015 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8016 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8018 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8019 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8022 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8024 int num_phdrs;
8026 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8029 return -1;
8032 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8033 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8034 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8036 return num_phdrs;
8039 void
8040 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
8042 #ifdef BFD64
8043 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8045 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8046 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8047 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8048 else
8050 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8052 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8053 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8054 #else
8055 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8056 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8057 #endif
8059 else
8060 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8062 #else
8063 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8064 #endif
8067 void
8068 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8070 #ifdef BFD64
8071 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8073 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8074 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8075 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8076 else
8078 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8080 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8081 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8082 #else
8083 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8084 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8085 #endif
8087 else
8088 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8089 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8091 #else
8092 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8093 #endif
8096 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8097 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8099 return reloc_class_normal;
8102 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8103 relocation against a local symbol. */
8105 bfd_vma
8106 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8107 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8108 asection **psec,
8109 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8111 asection *sec = *psec;
8112 bfd_vma relocation;
8114 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8115 + sec->output_offset
8116 + sym->st_value);
8117 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8118 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8119 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8121 rel->r_addend =
8122 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8123 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8124 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8125 if (sec != *psec)
8127 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8128 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8129 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8130 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8131 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8132 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8133 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8134 sec = *psec;
8136 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8137 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8139 return relocation;
8142 bfd_vma
8143 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8144 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8145 asection **psec,
8146 bfd_vma addend)
8148 asection *sec = *psec;
8150 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8151 return sym->st_value + addend;
8153 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8154 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8155 sym->st_value + addend);
8158 bfd_vma
8159 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8160 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8161 asection *sec,
8162 bfd_vma offset)
8164 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8166 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8167 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8168 offset);
8169 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8170 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8171 default:
8172 return offset;
8176 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8177 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8178 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8179 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8180 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8181 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8183 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8184 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8185 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8186 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8187 the remote memory. */
8189 bfd *
8190 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8191 (bfd *templ,
8192 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8193 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8194 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8196 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8197 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8200 long
8201 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8202 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8203 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8204 long dynsymcount,
8205 asymbol **dynsyms,
8206 asymbol **ret)
8208 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8209 asection *relplt;
8210 asymbol *s;
8211 const char *relplt_name;
8212 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8213 arelent *p;
8214 long count, i, n;
8215 size_t size;
8216 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8217 char *names;
8218 asection *plt;
8220 *ret = NULL;
8222 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8223 return 0;
8225 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8226 return 0;
8228 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8229 return 0;
8231 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8232 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8233 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8234 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8235 if (relplt == NULL)
8236 return 0;
8238 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8239 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8240 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8241 return 0;
8243 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8244 if (plt == NULL)
8245 return 0;
8247 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8248 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8249 return -1;
8251 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8252 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8253 p = relplt->relocation;
8254 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8255 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8257 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8258 if (s == NULL)
8259 return -1;
8261 names = (char *) (s + count);
8262 p = relplt->relocation;
8263 n = 0;
8264 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8266 size_t len;
8267 bfd_vma addr;
8269 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8270 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8271 continue;
8273 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8274 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8275 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8276 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8277 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8278 s->section = plt;
8279 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8280 s->name = names;
8281 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8282 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8283 names += len;
8284 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8285 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8286 ++n;
8289 return n;
8292 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8293 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8295 static int
8296 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8298 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1;
8299 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2;
8300 int shndx;
8302 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8303 s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1;
8304 if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8305 return 1;
8306 s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2;
8307 if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8308 return -1;
8310 /* Sorted by section index. */
8311 shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx;
8312 if (shndx != 0)
8313 return shndx;
8315 /* Sorted by binding. */
8316 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info);
8319 struct elf_symbol
8321 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8322 const char *name;
8325 static int
8326 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8328 const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1;
8329 const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2;
8330 return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name);
8333 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8334 symbols. */
8336 bfd_boolean
8337 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2)
8339 bfd *bfd1, *bfd2;
8340 const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2;
8341 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2;
8342 bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2;
8343 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2;
8344 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL, *isymstart2 = NULL, *isym;
8345 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
8346 struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL;
8347 bfd_size_type count1, count2, i;
8348 int shndx1, shndx2;
8349 bfd_boolean result;
8351 bfd1 = sec1->owner;
8352 bfd2 = sec2->owner;
8354 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8355 section name. */
8356 if (strncmp (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8357 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8358 && strncmp (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8359 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8360 return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8361 sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8363 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8364 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8365 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8366 return FALSE;
8368 if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2))
8369 return FALSE;
8371 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0
8372 && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
8374 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8375 same group name. */
8376 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0)
8377 return FALSE;
8380 shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1);
8381 shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2);
8382 if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1)
8383 return FALSE;
8385 bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1);
8386 bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2);
8387 hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr;
8388 symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym;
8389 hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr;
8390 symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym;
8392 if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0)
8393 return FALSE;
8395 isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0,
8396 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8397 isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0,
8398 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8400 result = FALSE;
8401 if (isymbuf1 == NULL || isymbuf2 == NULL)
8402 goto done;
8404 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8405 the beginning. */
8406 qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8407 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8408 qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8409 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8411 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8412 count1 = 0;
8413 for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1;
8414 isym < isymend; isym++)
8416 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1)
8418 if (count1 == 0)
8419 isymstart1 = isym;
8420 count1++;
8423 if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1)
8424 break;
8427 count2 = 0;
8428 for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2;
8429 isym < isymend; isym++)
8431 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2)
8433 if (count2 == 0)
8434 isymstart2 = isym;
8435 count2++;
8438 if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2)
8439 break;
8442 if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2)
8443 goto done;
8445 symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8446 symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8448 if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL)
8449 goto done;
8451 symp = symtable1;
8452 for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1;
8453 isym < isymend; isym++)
8455 symp->sym = isym;
8456 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1,
8457 hdr1->sh_link,
8458 isym->st_name);
8459 symp++;
8462 symp = symtable2;
8463 for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1;
8464 isym < isymend; isym++)
8466 symp->sym = isym;
8467 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2,
8468 hdr2->sh_link,
8469 isym->st_name);
8470 symp++;
8473 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8474 qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8475 elf_sym_name_compare);
8476 qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8477 elf_sym_name_compare);
8479 for (i = 0; i < count1; i++)
8480 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8481 if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info
8482 || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other
8483 || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0)
8484 goto done;
8486 result = TRUE;
8488 done:
8489 if (symtable1)
8490 free (symtable1);
8491 if (symtable2)
8492 free (symtable2);
8493 if (isymbuf1)
8494 free (isymbuf1);
8495 if (isymbuf2)
8496 free (isymbuf2);
8498 return result;
8501 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8502 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8503 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8504 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON",
8507 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8509 bfd_boolean
8510 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd *abfd, const asection *asec,
8511 bfd *bbfd, const asection *bsec)
8513 if (asec == NULL
8514 || bsec == NULL
8515 || abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8516 || bbfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8517 return TRUE;
8519 return elf_section_type (asec) == elf_section_type (bsec);